FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and
are intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities,
oil
refineries,
chemical
and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
021-88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
COMPANY :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical
Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And
Distribution Company.
PURCHASER :
Means the "Company" where this standard is a
part of direct purchaser order by the "Company",
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract document
VENDOR AND SUPPLIER:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
EXECUTOR :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part of
construction and/or commissioning for the project.
INSPECTOR :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
SHALL:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
SHOULD:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
WILL:
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
MAY:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬
.‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﺗﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT STANDARD
FOR
LOW VOLTAGE
SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROLGEAR
SECOND REVISION
MARCH 2009
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ وﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document maybe disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
1. SCOPE................................................................ 3
3 ..................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .................................................. 4
4 ............................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. SERVICE CONDITIONS................................. 6
6 ................................................. ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬-3
4. UNITS................................................................. 7
7 ............................................................ ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
5. APPLICATION ................................................. 7
7 ............................................................. ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-5
6. GENERAL REQUIRMENTS .......................... 8
8 .................................................. ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6.1 Enclosure ...................................................... 8
8 .......................................................... ‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬1-6
6.2 Busbars ......................................................... 11
11 ......................................................‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-6
6.3 Wiring, Terminals and Markings............... 12
12 ............ ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ و ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-6
6.4 Safety Considerations and Interlocks ........ 14
14 ....................... ‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﻫﺎ‬4-6
7. MAJOR COMPONENTS................................. 15
15 ......................................... ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬-7
7.1 Circuit Breakers .......................................... 15
15 ................................................. ‫ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺪرت‬1-7
7.2 Motor Controllers........................................ 19
19 ................................ ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬2-7
7.3 Outgoing Feeders......................................... 23
23 ........................................ ‫ ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬3-7
8. AUXILIARY COMPONENTS ........................ 23
23 ................................................... ‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬-8
8.1 Local Motor Control Stations..................... 23
23 .................... ‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬1-8
8.2 Instruments .................................................. 24
24 ............................... ‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬2-8
8.3 Protective Relays ......................................... 25
25 ......................................... ‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬3-8
8.4 Current Transformers ................................ 25
25 .............................. ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬4-8
8.5 Voltage Transformers ................................. 26
26 ............................... ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬5-8
8.6 Anti-Condensation Heaters ........................ 27
27 ............................ ‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬6-8
1
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
8.7 Accessories.................................................... 27
27 ............................................... ‫ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬7-8
9. TESTS AND INSPECTION ............................. 28
28 .................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ‬-9
10. SPARE PARTS................................................ 29
29 ...................................................... ‫ ﻟﻮازم ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬-10
11. DOCUMENTATION ...................................... 29
29 ............................................................ ‫ ﻣﺪارك‬-11
12. SHIPMENT...................................................... 31
31 ...................................................... ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬-12
13. GUARANTEE.................................................. 31
31 .......................................................... ‫ ﮔﺎراﻧﺘﻲ‬-13
APPENDICES:
APPENDIX A LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
AND CONTROLGEAR DATA
SHEET.......................................... 32
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ داده ﺑﺮگ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
32 .................................................. ‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
APPENDIX B ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR OUTDOOR LOW VOLTAGE
SWITCHGEAR ............................ 35
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر‬
35 .............................. ‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
2
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭﺩﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
1.1 This standard specification covers the
minimum requirements for design, manufacture,
and quality control of low voltage AC switchgear
and control gear assemblies referred to in this
specification as the low voltage switchgear or the
switchgear.
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1-1
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬، ‫ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ‬2-1
1.2 The low voltage switchgear will be installed
in oil, gas and petrochemical industries in Iran
under the environmental and service conditions
specified herein.
‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﭘﺘﺮﻭﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ‬، ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
. ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﻥﺩ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬3-1
1.3 The general requirements are given in this
specification; the specific requirements of
individual cases will be given in request for
quotation and / or purchase order.
‫ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻭ‬.‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬4-1
1.4 This standard specification will be
supplemented by a single line diagram and other
attachments when necessary.
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
Note 1:
The standard specification for switchgear
IPS-M-EL-140(0) is withdrawn in June 2004 ,
and replaced by the following two standard
specifications which are issued as revision(1).
‫ ﺩﺭ‬IPS-M-EL-140(0) ‫ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻮﻳﭻ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ‬، ‫ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬1383 ‫ﺧﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(1) Low voltage switchgear and
control gear
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬IPS-M-EL-143(1
IPS-M-EL-144(1) Medium and high voltage
switchgear and control gear
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬IPS-M-EL-144(1)
‫ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ‬
By the way, standard specification low voltage
motor starters IPS-M-EL-142(0) and standard
specification low voltage motor control center
IPS-M-EL-165(0) are withdrawn.
‫ ﻭ‬IPS-M-EL-142(0)
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﻞ ﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬IPS-M-EL-165(0)
.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬
U
U
U
. ‫( ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬1) ‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﺷﺪﻩ‬
U
U
U
:2‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
Note 2:
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬1388 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ‬.‫( ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻣﻲ ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬2) ‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬
.‫( ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1) ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on Mar 2009, which is issued as
revision (2). Revision (1) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
:3 ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼﻙ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
3
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard. For
dated references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬،‫در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
2.1 The low voltage switchgear shall be designed,
manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance
with the applicable sections of the latest edition of
International Electrotechnical Commission “IEC”
standards.
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬1-2
2.2 All requirements and tests for each type of
low voltage switchgear and control gear shall
conform to part 1 of IEC 60947 and IEC 60439.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎي ﻻزم ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع‬2-2
2.3 Components and auxiliaries to be included in
the low voltage switchgear and control gear shall
conform to relevant parts of IEC 60947 as stated
below:
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن‬3-2
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IEC) ‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﺮق‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
IEC
‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬IEC 60947 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
:‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
( ‫ )ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ‬IEC
IEC (INTERNATIONAL
ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION)
60947
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬1 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60439 ‫ و‬60947
"‫"ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
"Low Voltage Switchgear &
Control Gear"
60947
"‫ "ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬60947- 2
60947-2 "Circuit Breakers "
60947-3 "Switches, Disconnectors, SwitchDisconnectors
and
Fuse
Combination Units"
"‫ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮز‬،‫ "ﺳﻮﻳﭻ ﻫﺎ‬60947-3
60947-4 "Contactors and Motor-Starters"
"‫ "ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﻫﺎ و راه اﻧﺪاز ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬60947-4
60947-5 "Control-Circuit
Devices
Switching Elements"
"‫ "اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪزﻧﻲ‬60947-5
and
"‫ "دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎره‬60947-6
60947-6 "Multiple Function Equipment"
"‫ " ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬60947-7
60947-7 "Ancillary Equipment"
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي‬4-2
2.4 The following standards shall also be
considered in design of low voltage
switchgear:
:‫ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
4
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
"IEC ‫" وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
60038
"Direct Acting Indicating Analogue
Electrical-Measuring Instruments
and Their Accessories"
‫"دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬
"‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ و ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آن‬
60051
"Basic and Safety Principles for
Man-Machine Interface"
‫"اﺻﻮل اوﻟﻴﻪ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده اﻧﺴﺎن‬
60073
"‫و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫"ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻋﻤﻞ‬
"‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ "وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺮاي آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬60079-1
"d ‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ از ﻧﻮع‬، ‫اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
60038
"IEC Standard Voltages"
60051
60073
"Coding Principles for Indicators
and Actuators"
60079-1 "Electrical Apparatus for Explosive
Gas
Atmosphere,
Flameproof
Enclosure ‘d’ "
60079-10 "Electrical Apparatus for Explosive
Gas Atmosphere, Classification of
Hazardous Areas"
‫ "وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺮاي آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬60079-10
"‫ رده ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك‬،‫اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
60044-1 "Instrument
Transformer-Part- 1
Current Transformers"
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬- ‫ "ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬60044-1
"‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬1
"‫"ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
60269
"‫"ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
60186
and
‫"ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ و‬
"‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎن‬
60439
"Basic and Safety Principles for
Man Machine Interface"
60445
Equipment
‫"اﺻﻮل اوﻟﻴﻪ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده اﻧﺴﺎن‬
"‫و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
"‫" ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
60446
"Marking and Identification of
Conductors by Colors or Numerals"
‫"ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ و‬
"‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
60446
60521
"(Withdrawn)Class 0.5, 1 and 2
Alternating Current Watt-Hour
Meters"
60521
60529
"Degrees of Protection Provided by
Enclosures (IP Code)"
‫")از رده ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪه( دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ و‬0/5 ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﻛﻼس‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬-‫وات‬
"2 ‫ و‬1
"(IP ‫" درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎ )ﻛﺪ‬
60688
"Electrical Measuring Transducers
for Converting Ac. Electrical
Quantities to Analogue or Digital
Signals"
‫"ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮق ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﻪ‬
"‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬
60688
60269
"Low Voltage Fuses"
60186
"Voltage Transformers"
60439
"Low Voltage Switchgear
Control Gear Assemblies"
60445
"Identification
Terminals"
ANSI
(AMERICAN
STANDARDS INSTITUTE)
of
60529
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ANSI
NATIONAL
C37.2 (IEEE C37.2)
C37.2 (IEEE C37.2)
5
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM
INSTITUTE)
RP 505
‫"ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
"Recommended Practice for
Classification of Locations
for Electrical Installations at
Petroleum
Facilities
Classified as Class 1, Zone 0,
Zone 1 and Zone 2"
RP 505
‫ و‬0 ‫ و ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ‬1 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﻼس‬
" ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬2 ‫ و‬1
(‫ ) اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬IPS-E-EL-100(0)
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮق) ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
"(‫و ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-E-GN-100
"‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-E-EL-100(0) "Engineering and Equipment
Standard
for
Electrical
System
Design(Industrial
and Non-Industrial"
IPS-E-GN-100
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
"Engineering Standard for
Units"
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن‬5-2
2.5 Definitions of general terms conform to
international electrotechnical vocabulary IEC
60050 (chapters 441 and 151).
(151 ‫ و‬441 ‫ )ﻋﻨﻮانﻫﺎي‬IEC 60050 ‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺑﺮق‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
2.6 Where standards other than IEC are specified
(such as ANSI C37.2), it is understood that the
equivalent IEC standard is acceptable.
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬IEC ‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از‬6-2
2.7 Any deviation from this specification and the
above mentioned references shall be clearly
mentioned in the vendor’s proposal.
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬7-2
‫( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬ANSI C37.2 ‫)ﻣﺜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC ‫ﻣﺘﺮادف‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ آن‬
.‫اﺷﺎره ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬-3
3. SERVICE CONDITIONS
3.1 The low voltage switchgear specified herein
will generally be installed indoor in substation
rooms, which will be ventilated and/or air
conditioned.
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬1-3
3.2 As far as the area classification is concerned
the substation rooms and other indoor locations
where the low voltage switchgear will be installed
are considered safe area. This standard
specification specifies the equipment suitable for
safe area indoor installation.
،‫ ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻼس ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬2-3
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در داﺧﻞ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮق ﻛﻪ داراي ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺴﺖﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮق و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎي ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ در آن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ در‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻦ اﺣﺪاث ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎﺋﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ در ﺧﺎرج از‬3-3
3.3 In case where the low voltage switchgear will
be installed outdoor, which will be indicated in
data sheet Appendix A. This standard
specification shall be supplemented with
additional requirements and/or modifications
stipulated
in
Appendix
B
"Additional
‫ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ب "اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون" آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
6
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
requirements for outdoor low voltage switchgear
and control gear".
.‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
3.4 Unless otherwise stated in data sheet, the
ambient air temperature for indoor equipment
does not exceed + 40ºC. The lower limit of the
ambient air temperature for indoor equipment is 5ºC.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬40 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در داﺧﻞ از‬4-3
3.5 Unless otherwise indicated in data sheet, the
altitude of the site of installation does not exceed
2000 meter.
2000 ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع از ﺳﻄﺢ درﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ از‬5-3
3.6 The relative humidity in the vicinity of the
equipment will be stated in data sheet.
‫ درﺟﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ در داده‬6-3
3.7 The conditions during transport and storage
will be a temperature range of -25ºC to 55ºC and
relative humidity of up to 98%.
‫ در ﻣﺪت ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري در اﻧﺒﺎر درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت‬7-3
،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬-5 ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ و از‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ اراﺋﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ اراﺋﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮگ اراﺋﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و درﺻﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺗﺎ‬+55 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬-25 ‫ﺑﻴﻦ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬98
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺴﺎرت‬
.‫دﻳﺪه و ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
The equipment subjected to these extreme
conditions without being operated shall not be
damaged and shall operate normally under the
specified conditions.
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
4. UNITS
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This standard is based on International System of
Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except where
otherwise specified.
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-5
5. APPLICATION
‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﻮح وﻟﺘﺎژ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬1-5
5.1 The voltage levels adapted in the oil, gas and
petrochemical industries of Iran are based on the
IEC recommendation No 60038.
‫اﻳﺮان ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن‬
.‫ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬IEC 60038 ،‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ‬
400/230 ً‫ ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬2-5
‫وﻟﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮل آن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
5.2 The low voltage system is generally 400/230
volt with solidly earthed neutral.
5.3 The low voltage switchgear will be fed from
low voltage generator/s or transformer/s with a
voltage of 400/230 volt. (The primary voltage of
transformer/s is generally 6kV, 10kV or 20kV)
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ از ﻣﻮﻟﺪ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬3-5
5.4 The low voltage switchgear is equipment
which includes switching devices with associated
control, measuring, protective and regulating
devices and intended in principle for the control
of electric energy consuming equipment, with
voltage rating of 400 volt three phase and 230
volt single phase.
،‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ‬4-5
5.5 The low voltage switchgear includes motor
starters and/or motor control center/s (MCC),
incomer circuit breaker/s, bus tie circuit breaker/s,
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬/ ‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮر و‬5-5
‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮد )وﻟﺘﺎژ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬400/230‫ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
.(‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬20KV ‫ ﻳﺎ‬10KV، 6KV ً‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ و در اﺻﻞ‬،‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎز و‬400 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
.‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬230
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺪار ورودي‬،(MCC) ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
7
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
outgoing feeder breakers and/or switch fuses and
auxiliary components as specified in this
specification and/or indicated in the single line
diagram/s.
‫ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﺳﻮﻳﭻ ﻓﻴﻮز و‬،‫ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺷﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ‬/‫ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
5.6 The incomer circuit breakers, if more than
one, shall be closed at normal operation. The tie
breaker/s can be closed at normal operation, or
can be open which shall close automatically when
one of the incomer breakers opens. The mode of
operation of the tie breaker/s will be decided by
company representative and shall be indicated in
the single line diagram/s and/or data sheet. The
protection scheme and intertripping of incomers
and tie breakers with upstream breakers shall be
included accordingly.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي‬6-5
5.7 Single line diagram/s attached to this
specification show/s only the major components
of the low voltage switchgear. Control circuit
schematic diagrams, wiring diagrams, schedule
sheets and interconnection diagrams will be
attached when necessary.
‫ ﻣﺪار ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻘﻂ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬7-5
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت راﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺷﻴﻨﻪ‬.‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﺑﻮدن زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ورودي ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻠﻴﺪ راﺑﻂ را ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ و ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻃﺮح ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ و ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬.‫در داده ﺑﺮگ ذﻛﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي و راﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻻ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ا ﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬.‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاول و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6. GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬1-6
6.1 Enclosure
6.1.1 The switchgear assemblies shall be multi
cubicle type as specified and shown in IEC
60439-1 and shall be suitable for indoor
installation.
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪاي و‬1-1-6
6.1.2 The enclosure shall be metal enclosed
compartmented type, self supporting, free
standing, floor mounted and shall consist of steel
structure/s enclosed by sheet steel with minimum
thickness of 2 mm. Components shall be
accessible from the front of the switchgear.
‫ ﺧﻮد اﻳﺴﺘﺎ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ در‬،‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﺰي‬2-1-6
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ در داﺧﻞ‬IEC 60439-1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و داراي اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻓﻠﺰي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اي ﺑﻮده ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2 ‫ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬3-1-6
6.1.3 All equipment shall be installed inside the
enclosure, suitably subdivided into separate
compartments. The internal separation by
partitions or barriers (metallic or non-metallic)
shall conform to Form 3b or Form 4a as defined
in IEC 60439-1.
.‫ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ در‬4a ‫ و ﻳﺎ‬3b ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﺮم‬،(‫)ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬IEC 60439-1 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ از اﺳﺘــﺎﻧﺪارد‬4a ‫ و‬3b ‫ ﺗﻌـــﺎرﻳﻒ ﻓﺮمﻫـــﺎي‬4 -1-6
6.1.4 Definition of Form 3b and Form 4a
extracted from IEC 60439-1 is as follows:
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬IEC 60439-1
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل و‬3b ‫ ﻓﺮم‬-
- Form 3b provides separation of busbars from the
functional units and separation of all functional
units from one another. Also separation of the
terminals for external conductors from the
functional units, but not from each other.
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎديﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ از ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل )ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎ‬
8
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
Terminals for external conductors are separated
from busbars.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‬.‫از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺎديﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ از ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
- Form 4a provides separation of busbars from the
functional units and separation of all functional
units from one another, including the terminals
for external conductors which are an integral
part of the functional units. Terminals for
external conductors can be in the same
compartment as the associated functional unit.
‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل و‬4a ‫ ﻓﺮم‬-
6.1.5 Unless otherwise specified in data sheet, the
indoor enclosure shall provide a degree of
protection of IP 41 according to IEC 60529
without using the floor of the switch room as part
of the enclosure. The partitions or barriers
between functional units shall at least provide a
degree of protection of IP 3X. (The IP rating for
outdoor enclosure is indicated in appendix B).
‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬5-1-6
‫ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم‬،‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎديﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
IP 41 ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎق ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬IEC 60529 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IP 3X ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن در‬IP ‫)ﻣﻘﺪار‬
.(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع و ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
6.1.6 The height and the depth of the enclosure
shall be as per manufacturer standard and shall be
indicated in data sheet. Switches, buttons and
operating handles and instruments shall be
installed at a height of not more than 180cm.
6-1-6
.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درداده ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻳﭻ ﻫﺎ و دﮔﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ و ادوات اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬180 ‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ از‬
.‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
6.1.7 The enclosure together with bus bars and
wirings shall be extendable at both ends without
the need to cut or drill any part of the enclosure.
‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎي‬7-1-6
6.1.8 Empty compartments at least one on each
section of the switchgear shall be foreseen within
the enclosure for future use. Such compartments
shall be arranged so that they can be equipped
with minimum de-energisation of the relevant
section of the switchgear.
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ در ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬8-1-6
The surface area of the empty compartments shall
be around 10% of the total surface area of the front
of the switchgear enclosure rounded off to nearest
figure. The empty compartments shall be sized to
accommodate outgoing units of which at least three
units are installed. This is in excess of spare units
which are indicated in single line diagram/s. (spare
units will be decided by company representative
and conforms to relevant IPS standard)
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬10 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪود‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺪون اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪن و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراخ ﻧﻤﻮدن‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ از‬
. ‫دوﻃﺮف را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺟﻬﺖ آﻳﻨﺪه ﻧﮕﺮي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺮق در آن ﺑﺨﺶ از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮدآﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻈﺎي ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬.‫ﺟﻠﻮي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﺪادي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻪ آن اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ) اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﻫﺎي‬
IPS ‫ﻳﺪك ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.(‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
6.1.9 The switchgear enclosure shall be self
ventilating. The design of the vertical structures
and the placement of starters and feeders shall be
such as to avoid heat build-up in the top of the
cubicles.
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬.‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮد ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬9-1-6
‫اﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﻗﺮار دادن اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮﻫﺎ و ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن ﺣﺮارت در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬
.‫اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
9
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
6.1.10 The enclosure shall be designed such that
anti-condensation heaters will not be required in
the environment specified. Where such heaters
are specified in data sheet appendix A, they shall
conform to article 7.6 of this specification.
‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮم‬10-1-6
6.1.11 The enclosure shall be properly degreased,
phophasized, cleaned and painted from inside and
outside. The painting shall be done by means of
electrostatic powder coating based on epoxy and
polyester resins. The thickness of paint coating
shall be 60 to 80 microns and shall be cured in
accordance
with
powder
manufacturer
specification. The color of the enclosure will be
decided
by
company
representative.
Manufacturer’s standard painting system, if
different from above shall be agreed by company
representative.
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و‬،‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﺋﻲ‬11-1-6
6.1.12 All incoming and outgoing cables will
enter the switchgear from trenches or floor cutouts. If bus ducts are specified for incomers, they
enter the switchgear from above. In case incomers
are specified to be via bus ducts, the switchgear
supplier shall provide flanged entry to the
switchgear with insulated copper bars extending
to the flange point. The size of copper bars shall
be agreed by company representative.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ وارد ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي‬12-1-6
6.1.13 Provisions shall be included inside the
enclosure to support the cables. Cable supports
shall be foreseen at least 40cm above the bottom
of the switchgear. Suitable size cable entries shall
be foreseen in the bottom plate of the enclosure
for the cables to pass through. Such entries will
be sealed after complete installation of cables.
Cable glands will be used for incoming and
outgoing cables (cable glands will be supplied by
others). Where single core cables are to be used
the bottom plate shall be non-magnetic.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻬﺎر و ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ‬13-1-6
‫ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮم‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در آﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ درداده ﺑﺮگ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬6 -7 ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻓﺴﻔﺎت ﺷﺪه و از داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج رﻧﮓ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻮدر اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ و رزﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﻮده‬80 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬60 ‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و دوران ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن رﻧﮓ و آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪن آن ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬
‫ رﻧﮓ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﭘﻮدر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ از ﻛﺎﻧﺎل و ﻳﺎ از ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎق ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎس داﻛﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ورودي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻ وارد ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬.‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪات ﻻزم در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻛﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬40 ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ورودي ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ورودي ﻫﺎ ﭘﺲ از‬.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﮔﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد )ﮔﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ در‬.(‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
6.1.14 Cables armor and lead cover will be
removed inside the enclosure, and will be earthed
by a suitable size flexible earthing wire soldered
and clamped to the cable armor and connected to
the switchgear earthing busbar.
‫ زره و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ در داﺧﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺟﺪا‬14-1-6
6.1.15 Lifting lugs shall be provided on
enclosure/s for ease of handling.
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬15-1-6
‫ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ وﺻﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
10
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
6.1.16 Foundation bolts and installation
instructions shall be provided by the vendor.
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺮ روي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن و‬16-1-6
6.2 Busbars
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-6
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‬،‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻚ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-2-6
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬IEC 60439-2 ‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬
6.2.1 Unless otherwise indicated in single line
diagram/s the switchgear shall be equipped with a
single busbar system. Busbars shall be
manufactured from hard drawn, high conductivity
copper and shall comply with IEC 60439-2.
6.2.2 Busbars shall be designed for the full rated
current at the maximum ambient temperature
specified without exceeding their temperature rise
limits. Design of the busbars shall be such that
future extension of the switchgear to either side
will be possible.
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ درﺟﻪ‬2-2-6
6.2.3 Power and neutral busbars shall be fully
insulated with flame retardant non-hygroscopic
insulation material and shall be color coded.
Suitable insulation shall be provided for the
bolted joints. The insulation of busbar joints and
connections shall be removable for inspection
purposes. Busbar joints and connections shall be
corrosion protected and secured to prevent
loosening. In cases where requested by the
purchaser and indicated in data sheet the busbar
joints shall be silver plated.
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﻧﻮل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬3-2-6
‫ﺣﺮارت ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و ﺑﺪون اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت از ﻣﻘﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ در آﻳﻨﺪه در دو ﻃﺮف ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه آﺗﺶ و ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ‬
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬.‫ﻛﺪﺑﻨﺪي و ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺻﻮرت درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺿﻲ و ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن آن در داده‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻧﻘﺮه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ و آﺑﻜﺎري‬،‫ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ آﻧﻜﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﭼﻴﺰ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬4-2-6
6.2.4 Unless otherwise indicated in data sheet the
color or the color coding of the busbars insulation
shall be red, yellow and blue for phase busbars
and black for neutral busbar, from top to bottom
and from left to right when facing the front of the
switchgear.
‫ رﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺪﺑﻨﺪي رﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ زرد و آﺑﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺎزﻫﺎ و رﻧﮓ ﻣﺸﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﻨﻪ‬،‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ رﻧﮓ ﺑﻨﺪي ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬،.‫ﻧﻮل در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ و از ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ راﺳﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ در‬5-2-6
6.2.5 The main horizontal busbars shall be of the
same cross sectional area throughout the length of
the switchgear. The cross section and the
continuous ampere rating of the main horizontal
busbars shall be indicated in data sheet/s.
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ و ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬.‫ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن داﺋﻤﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داده ﺑﺮگ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ در‬6-2-6
6.2.6 The vertical busbars shall be of the same
cross sectional area throughout their length and
their current rating shall be equal to the sum of
the maximum full load ratings of the outgoing
units connected to that busbar considering the
future units which could be installed in empty
compartments.
‫ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﻮده و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎر ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن‬
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ وﺻﻞ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻼوه ﺑﺎر ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻳﻨﺪه در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ و ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬7-2-6
6.2.7 The horizontal and vertical busbars shall be
capable of withstanding, without damage, the
11
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
magnetic forces and the thermal effects created
by the maximum specified short circuit current
for at least one second. The busbars short circuit
withstands current shall be indicated in data sheet
and shall not be less than 50kA rms symmetrical.
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ و آﺛﺎر ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داده ﺑﺮگ‬
.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
6.2.8 Main horizontal busbars shall be in separate
compartment. The vertical busbars shall also be in
separate compartment and can be installed behind
functional units of each vertical section. The
vertical busbars shall be arranged such that
accidental finger contact with live parts shall be
impossible when the breaker/s or starter modules
are withdrawn.
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬8-2-6
6.2.9 Where bus section (tie) breaker/s are
specified, they shall be so arranged that one
complete section of busbars and associated
connections can be made dead and safe to work
on, while the adjoining section of busbars is still
alive.
‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت راﺑﻂ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬9-2-6
6.2.10 The neutral busbar shall extend the entire
length of the switchgear and shall be insulated
from the earth potential. The neutral bus shall
extend into each incomer compartment. Means of
disconnection (e.g. a bolted link) shall be
provided to isolate the neutral bus from the
neutral source for testing purposes. The current
rating of the neutral busbar shall be at least 50%
of the phase busbars.
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬10-2-6
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﭘﺸﺖ‬
.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﻓﻌﺎل ﻫﺮ ﺳﺘﻮن از اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮون آوردن اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ و ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻗﺒﻪ اﻧﮕﺸﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮق دار ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آن را ﺑﺘﻮان ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ از ﻣﺪار ﺧﺎرج و اﻳﻤﻦ ﻧﻤﻮد در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮق دار و در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وارد ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ورودي ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه‬:‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫اي( ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻮل از ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺼﺎرف‬
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺎزﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬11 -2-6
6.2.11 A separate earth busbar, rated for the
maximum available earth fault current for one
second, shall run the entire length of the
switchgear. Sufficient connection points with
adequate terminating facilities shall be provided
for terminating the cables screen and/or armors.
The earth busbar shall be equipped with suitable
connectors or bolts to be connected to earth
copper conductors at each end.
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ زره ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬/‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﻠﺪ و‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ و‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮه ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮان اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ را از دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻫﺎدي زﻣﻴﻦ وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و‬70 ً‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
The size of earth copper conductors which are
generally 70mm2 or greater will be shown on
single line diagram/s.
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ و ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-6
6.3 Wiring, Terminals and Markings
6.3.1 All internal wiring shall be continuous from
terminal to terminal with no splicing.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬1-3-6
6.3.2 Wiring shall be stranded copper conductor
with flame retardant PVC insulation. Minimum
conductor sizes shall be 2.5 mm2 for control and
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ‬2-3-6
.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺑﺪون اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ راﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫وي ﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺳﻮز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ‬2/5 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
12
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
protection, and 1.5 mm2 for signal wiring.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1/5 ،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬3-3-6
6.3.3 Where wiring is run through a metal sheet
or barrier, bushing or other mechanical protection
shall be provided.
‫ ﻏﻼف ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ دﻳﮕﺮي‬،‫ﻋﺒﻮر داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬4-3-6
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺪاوم وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻮز و ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬5-3-6
6.3.4 All internal power wiring shall be suitable
for the largest continuous current rating of the
functional unit and the short circuit current as
limited by fuses or circuit breakers.
6.3.5 The sizes of earth wires shall be according
to the recommendations of IEC 60439-1.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60439-1 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ روي درب ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ و‬6-3-6
6.3.6 Where applicable, flexible wires shall be
used for connection of door mounted equipment
to the cubicle mounted equipment. Such wiring
shall be wrapped with flexible PVC coil or
installed in flexible conduit and shall be firmly
clamped at both ends to prevent movement at
terminations.
‫ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ارﺗﺒﺎط دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮار ﭘﻲ وي‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد و ﻳﺎ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ دو ﺳﺮ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻣﺤﻜﻢ و ﭘﻠﻤﭗ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻮرد آن ﻫﺎ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﮔﺮدد‬
6.3.7 Covers and/or doors with electrical
apparatus attached to them shall be connected to
the switchgear frame via bonding conductors.
‫ درﭘﻮش و ﻳﺎ درب ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي آن‬7-3-6
6.3.8 All wiring shall be numbered on each end
with permanently embossed wire markers of the
heat shrinkable type or slip-on ferrules. Wire
numbers shall match the manufacturer’s
interconnection drawings.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫــﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو ﺳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎره‬8-3-6
6.3.9 All wires shall have cable lugs and shall be
terminated in clamp type terminals such that direct
contacts between screw, bolt or nut and cable lugs
are avoided. For current transformers secondary
wiring ring type cable lugs shall be used.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﺸﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬9-3-6
6.3.10 The terminals shall be identified by
suitable permanent numbers in accordance with
the relevant wiring diagrams. Terminal marking
shall comply with IEC 60445.
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪار ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎ‬10-3-6
6.3.11 Not more than two wires shall be
connected to any one terminal. Links shall be
provided where more connections are required at
one point.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﺻﻞ‬11-3-6
6.3.12 Wiring in various circuit breakers, starter
and feeder cubicles performing the same common
function shall bear the same wire and terminal
numbers.
،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻴﻢ و ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در اﻧﻮاع ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬12-3-6
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎدي راﺑﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ روي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ﻳــﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ روي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻏﻼف ﺳﻮار‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ از‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و ﺑﺪون ﻛﺎﺑﻠﺸﻮ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﺸﻮي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري‬،‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60445 ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از راﺑﻂ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫راه اﻧﺪاز و ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
13
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
6.3.13 The control terminal blocks shall include
10% spare terminals.
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺮ‬10 13-3-6
6.3.14 Nameplates shall comply with IEC 604391 and information on the nameplates shall be
approved by company representative. Nameplates
shall be made of durable corrosion resistant
material.
‫ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬14-3-6
.‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻮده و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت روي ﭘﻼك دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬IEC 60439-1
‫ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﺨﺖ و ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎم‬:‫ﭘﻼك دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﺮﻳﺎل آن‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎري آن‬
.‫ﻧﺎﻣﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺷﻤﺎره اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
The nameplates shall at least contain the
following information: manufacturer’s name and
trade mark, type designation or serial number,
applicable rated values and number of relevant
standard.
6.3.15 Labels on withdrawable units shall be
duplicated on the withdrawable part and the fixed
part.
‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﺮ دو ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬15-3-6
6.3.16 When operation of certain items of the
switchgear needs sequential actions such as the
release of interlocking features, instruction plates
shall be provided near the point of operation.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ‬16-3-6
.‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ و ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل آزاد ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬،‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻟﻮح دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﻫﺎ‬4-6
6.4 Safety Considerations and Interlocks
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬1-4-6
6.4.1 The low voltage switchgear and controlgear
shall offer a maximum degree of safety under all
normal operating and fault conditions. It must be
impossible to unwillingly, without the use of
tools, touch live parts of the switchgear or to
perform operations that may lead to arcing faults.
‫درﺟﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ و ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺑﺰار‬.‫را دارا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬
.‫ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
6.4.2 The switchgear assembly shall be suitable
for continuous operation at full load for at least
20,000 hrs without maintenance.
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺰار‬2-4-6
6.4.3 Circuit breakers and feeder units shall be
provided with required safety interlocks in
accordance with the functions of such equipment
in the overall electrical system and shall conform
to the requirements of IEC publication 60439.
Interlocks shall be mechanical in nature.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك‬3-4-6
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد در ﺑﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت داﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات را‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60439 ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﻫﺎي ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
6.4.4 Motor starter units shall be equipped with
necessary interlocks such that it will not be
possible to open the doors or covers of starter
compartments when the isolating switch is in the
ON position. The isolating device shall only be
operable when the door or cover is fully closed
and/or the with drawable unit is in the fully
inserted position.
‫ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك‬4-4-6
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮدن دربﻫﺎ و درﭘﻮش راه اﻧﺪاز در‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه روي ﺣﺎﻟﺖ روش اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ دربﻫﺎ و‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﺑﺪﻧﻪ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮده و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﺸﻮﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼً در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دارد ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
6.4.5 The reversing and two speed motor starters
shall be equipped with suitable mechanical
‫ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﭼﭙﮕﺮد راﺳﺘﮕﺮد‬5-4-6
‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ در ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
14
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
interlocks, in addition to the electrical interlocks
in the control circuitries.
.‫اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
6.4.6 All interlocks that prevent potentially
dangerous mal operations must be constructed
such that they can not be easily defeated. If any
mechanical interlock is capable of being defeated
without the use of tools, provision shall be made
for padlocking. The requirements for interlocks
and/or padlocking shall be approved by company
representative.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻكﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﻄﺎي‬6-4-6
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر آن ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﻔﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدن اﺑﺰار اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دارد‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬.‫دﺳﺘﻲ)ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻗﻔﻞ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
6.4.7 When a with drawable unit has been
removed from the switchgear assembly, the live
parts inside the fixed compartments shall be
protected against touch.
،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺋﻲ از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-4-6
6.4.8 Arc-barriers shall be arranged such that the
propagation of a possible arc is hindered from one
vertical section of the switchgear to another
vertical section and also from one compartment to
another compartment of each vertical section.
‫ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‬8-4-6
6.4.9 Temperature rise of current-carrying parts
shall be limited to the values stipulated in IEC
60947 and derated in accordance with
environmental conditions specified in data sheet.
‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎي ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬9-4-6
6.4.10 The complete switchgear assembly shall be
capable to withstand the thermal and dynamic
stresses resulting from short circuit currents. The
supplier shall state the short circuit withstand
current of the assembly namely busbars, breakers,
starters etc. at quotation stage.
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬10-4-6
6.4.11 All the metallic non-current carrying parts
of the switchgear including the main structure
shall be bonded together and connected to the
earth busbar. Doors shall be bonded to the main
structure by means of flexible copper connections.
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺪون ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮق در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬11-4-6
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﺮق دار ﺛﺎﺑﺖ در داﺧﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﻤﺎس‬
‫ﻛﻪ از اﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي دﻳﮕﺮ و ﻧﻴﺰ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و‬IEC 60947 ‫اﻧﺪازه اي ﻛــﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ اﻋﻼم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎن‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه در ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰاء ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ از‬،‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬
.‫ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه را اﻋﻼم ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫دربﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
.‫اﺻﻠﻲ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬-7
7. MAJOR COMPONENTS
‫ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺪرت‬1-7
7.1 Circuit Breakers
7.1.1 In the low voltage switchgear, circuit
breakers shall be used for incomer/s to the
switchgear and also for bus coupler/s. Some of
the loads may also be fed through circuit breakers
which shall be shown in the single line diagram/s.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ورودي ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬1-1-7
7.1.2 Circuit-breakers used as incomers and bus
tie breaker shall be three/four pole with drawable
air circuit breakers. Molded case circuit breakers
(MCCB) shall not be used for such purpose.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي ﻫﺎ و راﺑﻂ اﺗﺼﺎل دو ﺷﻴﻨﻪ‬2-1-7
‫ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎر ﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬Molded Case) ‫ﻧﻮع ﻛﻤﭙﻜﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ‬.‫دو ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺪرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
15
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
IEC 60947-2 ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧـﺪارد‬3-1-7
7.1.3 Circuit breakers shall conform to IEC
publication 60947-2 in terms of rating, testing and
performance, and shall be suitable for
uninterrupted duty (utilization category B).
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺪون‬،‫ آزﻣﺎﻳـﺶ‬،‫در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
. (B ‫ )ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫وﻗﻔﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.1.4 Circuit-breakers used as feeders can be
molded case type as per article 7.3 of this
standard.
‫ ﻃﺒﻖ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬4-1-7
7.1.5 The performance of circuit breakers as
specified in IEC 60947-2 shall be verified when
installed within the assembly for the exact
configuration supplied.
IEC 60947- ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧـــﺪارد‬5-1-7
(Molded case) ‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﻜﺖ‬3-7 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در آن‬،‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬2
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬6-1-7
7.1.6 Rated currents of circuit breakers shall be
selected conforming to IEC recommendations
taking into account possible deratings as per site
condition specified in data sheet. Incomer circuit
breakers shall be sized to feed all the loads
indicated in the single line diagram including the
spare units and the future units which would be
installed in empty compartments.
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬IEC ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ درج ﺷﺪه در داده ﺑﺮگ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺎر اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي‬
‫رزوه و ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻳﻨﺪه در ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
7.1.7 The short circuit capacity of circuit-breakers
shall be appropriate to the specified system short
circuit and power factor. The breaking and
making short circuit capacities of circuit breakers
as defined in IEC 60947-2 shall not be less than
50 kA and 105 kA rms symmetrical respectively.
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ‬7-1-7
7.1.8 Circuit breakers shall be capable of
interrupting the specified short circuit current
without the aid of replaceable current limiters or
fuses.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل‬8-1-7
7.1.9 The operating mechanism of air circuit
breakers shall be stored energy spring operated
type. The charging of the spring shall be by
electric motor and also by manual means. The
charged spring mechanism shall be capable of
three circuit breaker operation viz. open, close,
open.
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع‬9-1-7
7.1.10 Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with
anti-pumping devices to prevent pumping actions
of the operating mechanism.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي وﺻﻞ‬10-1-7
7.1.11 Unless otherwise indicated in data sheet
the voltage of the spring charging motor as well
as the circuit breaker close and trip voltage shall
be 110V dc. 110V dc will be supplied from the
substations of dc power supply system. 230V ac
(Trip) ‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺷﺎرژ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر و وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ و ﺗﺮﻳﭗ‬11-1-7
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗـﺎه و ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﺪرت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬50 ‫ ﺑﻪ آن اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬IEC 60947-2
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻮﺛﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن‬105 ‫آﻣﭙﺮ و‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺎرژ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬.‫اﻧﺮژي ﻓﻨﺮ ﺷﺎرژ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻓﻨﺮي ﺷﺎرژ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﺳﺘﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻗﻄﻊ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ وﺻﻞ‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻗﻄﻊ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺪد ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬110 ‫ﻣﺪار ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از‬110 ‫ ﺑﺮق‬.،‫ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ‬
16
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
can be utilized for the spring charging motor if
approved by company representative.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ از ﺑﺮق‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺎرژ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻣﻲﺗﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬230
.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
7.1.12 Tripping of circuit breakers shall be by
means of manual mechanical tripping device and
dc shunt trip coil. Electrical and manual closing
release shall be provided. Circuit breakers shall
be suitable for remote control. The purchaser
shall indicate the choice of local or remote control
of circuit breakers in data sheet/s.
‫( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻗﻄﻊ‬Trip) ‫ ﺗﺮﻳﭗ‬12-1-7
7.1.13 The local manual trip facility shall be fitted
with a guard to preclude inadvertent operation.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮ روي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﺳﺘﻲ‬13-1-7
7.1.14 Facilities shall be provided for testing the
circuit breaker closing and tripping mechanisms
when the breaker is in TEST position.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬14-1-7
‫ آزاد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺮﻳﭗ دﺳﺘﻲ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻮازي ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و دﺳﺘﻲ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺤﻮه‬.‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل از راه دور ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل از راه دور و ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺤﻠﻲ را در داده ﺑﺮگ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ارادي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اي ﺟﻬﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن و ﺗﺮﻳﭗ ﻣﺪار‬
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬15-1-7
7.1.15 There shall be three distinct positions for
circuit breakers. The draw-out mechanism shall
hold the circuit breaker rigidly in the three
positions of CONNECTED, TEST and
DISCONNECTED. The breaker disconnect
device shall be interlocked with the breaker tripshaft to prevent withdrawal or insertion of the
breaker from / into the cubicle with the breaker in
the ON position.
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬.‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﮕﻪ دارد‬،‫ﻗﺪرت را دﻗﻴﻘﺎ در ﺳﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ وﺻﻞ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬،‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ وﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺸﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
.‫داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
7.1.16 If moving of the circuit breaker from or
into the operating position requires undue effort
by the operator, mechanical aids such as handle
shall be provided as indicated in article 8.7. The
circuit breaker shall be lockable in the TEST and
DISCONNECTED positions.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬16-1-7
7.1.17 Circuit breakers shall be equipped with
shutters to cover the bus side and cable side
disconnect
contacts
automatically,
upon
withdrawal of circuit breaker. Shutters shall be
opened by the circuit breaker as it moves toward
connected position, Shutters shall be colored red
for busbar side and yellow for cable side.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬17-1-7
‫ ادوات ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬،‫اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪن در‬.‫ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7-8 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﻗﻄﻊ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ رﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ودر ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ رﻧﮓ زرد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
7.1.18 Circuit breaker control connections
(secondary disconnects) shall be via fixed, selfaligning disconnects, or via flexible cord type
plug connection. Either system shall allow testoperation of the circuit breaker in the test
position.
(‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت )اﺗﺼﺎل ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬18-1-7
7.1.19 In addition to auxiliary contacts required
for circuit breaker operation, 2 N/O + 2 N/C
similar contacts shall be provided, and wired to
‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬19-1-7
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺧﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﻮر و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫( و دو ﻋﺪد‬N/O) ‫ دو ﻋﺪد ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﻗﺪرت ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
17
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
the terminal strip. If additional auxiliary contacts
are required, it will be indicated in data sheet.
‫( ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ و ﺗﺎ‬N/C) ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬.‫ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
7.1.20 All low-voltage wiring to and from the
circuit breaker shall be terminated on an easily
accessible terminal strip within the breaker
compartment with label numbering. Each
terminal and each wire shall be clearly identified
by the same symbols or numbers used in the
circuit diagrams.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬20-1-7
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ در داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ‬.‫ﻗﺪرت ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر واﺿﺢ و روﺷﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
7.1.21 Circuit breakers of identical rating and
control
voltage
shall
be
completely
interchangeable. It shall not be possible to
interchange breakers of different ratings.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ و وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬21-1-7
7.1.22 Circuit breakers shall have mechanical
indicators to show their contact positions and
spring charging status. They shall also be fitted
with red and green indicating lights as per IEC
60073 recommendations to show whether the
breaker is in closed or open position. In addition a
yellow indicating light shall be provided to show
trip on fault condition.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬22-1-7
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ و ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺎرژ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺮاﻏﻬﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ‬.‫را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪ‬
IEC ‫رﻧﮕﻬﺎي ﻗﺮﻣﺰ و ﺳﺒﺰ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﻮده ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎز‬60073
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه ﭼﺮاغ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه زرد رﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺪار ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﺷﻜﺎل ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬23-1-7
7.1.23 When applicable, each circuit breaker shall
be provided with a trip circuit supervision system
complete with a white indicating lamp to indicate
that the trip circuit and trip circuit supply are
healthy.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮاغ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬Trip ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺑﺮ ﻣﺪار ﺗﺮﻳﭗ‬
‫ و ﻣﺪار ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ آن‬Trip ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺪار ﺗﺮﻳﭗ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن‬24-1-7
7.1.24 The incomer circuit breaker/s shall be
equipped with the required indicating instruments
and protective relays as shown in single line
diagram/s and/or data sheet. At least the
followings shall be provided for each incomer
circuit breaker. The relays function numbers are
according to ANSI standard C37.2 (IEEE C37.2)
‫دﻫﻨﺪه و رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻻزم ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ و ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از‬.‫در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻗﺪرت ﻫﺎي ورودي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
(IEEE C37.2) ANSI ‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ ﻧﺎم ﮔﺬاري ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬C37.2
(50/51)‫ رِﻟﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آﻧﻲ و زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬-
- Time and instantaneous over current relay.
(50/51)
(50N/51N)‫ رﻟﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن زﻣﻴﻦ آﻧﻲ و زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬-
- Time and instantaneous over current ground
relay (50N/51N)
- Ammeter with selector switch (or three
Ammeters one for each phase)
،‫ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺰا‬(‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز ﻳﻚ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻓﺎزﻫﺎ‬-
- Voltmeter with phase selector switch
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت راﺑﻂ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ رِﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬25-1-7
7.1.25 The bus tie circuit breaker/s shall be
equipped with protective relays and electrical
interlocks as shown in single line diagram/s.
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ‬
.‫ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
18
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي و راﺑﻂ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬26-1-7
7.1.26 Incomers and bus tie circuit breakers shall
have integral facilities for earthing the power
cables and busbars.
.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬2-7
7.2 Motor Controllers
7.2.1 The low voltage switchgear shall include
with drawable motor starters installed in
individual compartments. The numbers and sizes
of motor starters will be indicated in the single
line diagram/s and/or data sheet.
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي راه اﻧﺪاز ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬1-2-7
7.2.2 Unless otherwise indicated in single line
diagram/s the motor starters for single speed, two
speed and reversing motors shall be direct-on-line
and shall be in accordance with the requirements
of IEC 60947-4.
‫ دو ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ و ﭼﭙﮕﺮد‬،‫ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺗﻚ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ‬2-2-7
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛــﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد و اﻧﺪازه راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ و ﻳﺎ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫( راه اﻧﺪازي ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و‬DOL) ‫راﺳﺘﮕﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ‬IEC 60947-4 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
،‫ﺟﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
7.2.3 Star delta or auto transformer reduced
voltage motor starting may be employed,
following the electrical system study. Such
requirements will be shown on single line
diagrams.
‫ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮق راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﻪ‬3-2-7
7.2.4 Motor starters installed in low voltage
switchgear are intended to control 3 phase 400
volt electrical loads and/or motors up to 150kW
rating. Such starters can be used for controlling
electrical heaters or lighting circuits. (The voltage
of 150kW motors can be 400 volt or 6kv
depending upon the availability of such voltages).
‫ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر‬4-2-7
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺳﺘﺎره ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻳﺎ اﺗﻮ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ وﻟﺖ و ﻳﺎ‬400 ‫ ﻓﺎز‬3 ‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ )وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬150KW ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮان‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ‬6 ‫ وﻟﺖ و ﻳﺎ‬400 ‫ را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان از‬150KW
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ از اﻳﻦ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي‬.(‫ﻛﺪام ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي‬
.‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در وﺣﻠﻪ اول ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻗﻼم زﻳﺮ‬5-2-7
7.2.5 Motor starters shall primarily consist of the
following:
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
 HRC fuses with isolator or molded case
circuit breaker (MCCB)

Electrically operated air break contactor

Appropriate protective relays
‫( ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪار‬HRC) ‫ ﻓﻴﻮز ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﻗﻄﻊ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎﻻ‬‫اﻳﺰوﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﻜﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬‫ ﻳﺎ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮوﻟﻲ و اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي‬/ ‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ و‬‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ دﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Other protection and/or control devices
and indicating instruments shown on the single
line diagram/s and/or specified in this
specification
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎ )ﻗﺎﺑﻞ و ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎر( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-2-7
7.2.6 Fused isolators or disconnectors shall comply
with IEC 60947-3 suitable for uninterrupted duty,
utilization category AC 23. Isolators shall be
operable from the front of the switchgear without
opening a cover. The HRC fuse links shall be in
accordance with IEC 60269-1.
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺑﺪون وﻗﻔﻪ از‬IEC 60947-3 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺪون‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬AC 23 ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﻴﻮز ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن درب ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬HRC) ‫ﻗﺪرت ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60269-1 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
19
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
7.2.7 Contactors shall be three pole magnetically
operated air-break type rated for utilization
category AC 3 according to IEC 60947-4. For
motors in inching or reversing services contactors
with utilization category AC 4 shall be used.
‫ ﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ و از‬3 ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬7-2-7
7.2.8 In addition to the load contacts and the
auxiliary contacts required to operate the starter,
at least one N/O and one N/C auxiliary contacts
shall be provided for each contactor and shall be
wired to the terminal block of the compartment.
‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑــﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ‬8-2-7
IEC
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬AC 3 ‫ﻧﻮع ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ‬Inching ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬600947-4
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬AC 4 ‫ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪازي اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي‬N/C ‫ و ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬N/O
‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻠﻮك ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
7.2.9 Control scheme of motor starters shall be as
per the requirements, shown in control circuit
schematic diagrams.
‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬9-2-7
7.2.10 The rated control voltage of contactors
shall be single phase 230 volt ac supplied from
one phase and neutral in each individual
compartment, for each motor starter. The control
circuit shall be protected by a suitably rated fuse.
In case where the purchaser specifies other
control voltages in the data sheet or in the single
line diagram/s, necessary auxiliaries shall be
provided in each motor starter for such purpose.
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬230 ‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز‬10-2-7
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎز و ﻧﻮل در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ راه اﻧﺪاز ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻮز ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻳﮕﺮي را در‬،‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫داده ﺑﺮگ و ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از راه اﻧﺪاز ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬1000 ‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻴﺶ از‬11-2-7
7.2.11 Where the length of the control cable is
more than 1000 meters as indicated on drawings,
the control voltage shall be 110V dc instead of
230V ac. For control cable lengths of 500 to 1000
meters, the capacitive current of control cables
shall be checked to make sure that the capacitive
current is less than the holding current of the
relevant contactor; otherwise 110V dc shall be
selected as control voltage. Where 110V dc
control voltage is adapted, suitably sized control
transformer and rectifier shall be included in each
starter compartment or by battery charger as
indicated in data sheet. The contactor for this
purpose shall be operated by 230V ac through
110V dc interposing relays. 110V dc contactor is
also acceptable for this application.
‫ وﻟﺖ‬110 ‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬.‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬230 ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬500 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﺎزﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬110 ‫ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬110‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫)رﻛﺘﻴﻔﺎﻳﺮ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷﺎرژ‬
.‫ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮي ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬230 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر‬.‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬110 Interposing ‫رِﻟﻪ‬
.‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬110
7.2.12 Motor starters shall include a change over
Test/Normal selector switch for testing the
operation of starters when isolated from the main
circuit. In test position, the control circuit which
is isolated from the main circuit shall be
connected to a male plug located within each
starter unit. In this position the starter can be
tested when control voltage is supplied to such
male plug.
‫ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬12-2-7
‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎدي و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬.‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻣﺪار اﺻﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل از ﻣﺪار اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺪار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﻮﻛﺖ ﻧﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻛﺖ ﻧَﺮ وﺻﻞ ﺑﻮده و ﻣﻲﺗﻮان راه اﻧﺪاز را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﻛﺮد‬
20
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬13-2-7
7.2.13 Unless otherwise indicated on drawings,
one 230V test voltage supply unit equipped with
isolating device and appropriate fuse rated to
supply the control circuit of the largest starter unit
shall be provided on each busbar section. The test
voltage supply unit shall be accommodated in a
dedicated compartment and shall be connected to
two pole sockets (at least two numbers) mounted
on the compartment door.
‫ وﻟﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬230 ‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
‫اﻳﺰوﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدن و ﻓﻴﻮز ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬.‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ وﻟﺘﺎژ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺟﺎﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ دو ﻗﻄﺒﻲ)ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو ﻋﺪد( ﻛﻪ در روي‬
.‫ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬،‫درب ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2.14 Flexible cords with matching plugs and
socket shall be supplied for connecting test
voltage to the male plugs in each starter unit as
specified in paragraph 7.2.12. The flexible cords
shall be of sufficient length to connect the test
voltage to all starter units on each section of the
switchgear for testing purposes.
‫( ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻛﺖ و ﭘﻼك ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬Flexible) ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻢﺷﻮ‬14-2-7
7.2.15 Motor starters shall be equipped with
start/stop local control stations according to the
requirements of article 8.1 of this specification.
‫ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬15-2-7
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﻟﺘﺎژ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻧﺮ در داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻢﺷﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل‬.‫ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬12-2-7 ‫در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎرﺗﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﺳﻮﻳﭻﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ وﺻﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-8 ‫ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻨﺪ‬/ ‫روﺷﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2.16 Stay-put type stop/reset push-button
accessible from outside of the starter
compartment shall be provided on the front of all
motor starters. Unless otherwise indicated in
single line diagram/s no start push button is
required on the starter compartment. (Except for
testing as per paragraph 7.2.12.)
‫ رﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎر ﻛﻪ از ﺑﻴﺮون‬/‫ دﮔﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‬16-2-7
7.2.17 Each starter module shall be equipped with
the following indicating lights installed on the
door of the starter compartment.
‫ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه راه اﻧﺪاز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن‬17-2-7
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﻤﺎم‬
‫راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ روﺷﻦ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ راه اﻧﺪاز‬
.(12-2-7 ‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ) ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ در روي درب ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دﻫﻨﺪه زﻳﺮ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(On) ‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ روﺷﻦ‬(Off) ‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‬(Fault) ‫ ﭼﺮاغ زرد ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻴﺐ‬-
-Red to show the ON condition,
- green to show OFF condition
-yellow to show FAULT condition.
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رِﻟﻪ‬30 ‫ ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺗﺎ‬18-2-7
7.2.18 For motor starters up to 30Kw, thermal
overload relays with direct heating element shall
be provided. In addition to such overload
protection, suitable single phasing protection shall
also be included so that the contactor shall trip
whenever a single phasing condition develops.
The thermal overload relays shall be three-phase,
ambient temperature compensated and adjustable
type. Uniform trip- characteristics shall be
obtained between 0oC and 50oC. Adjustment
range of thermal relays shall be calibrated directly
in ampere. Reset shall be via a door-mounted
push-button.
,‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ رﻟﻪ‬.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎز ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬Trip ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫رِﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎز و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ رﻟﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬Trip ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬.‫درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﺻﻔﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ رِﻟﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي آﻣﭙﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫دﮔﻤﻪ رﻳﺴﺖ روي درب ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬30 ‫ ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي‬19-2-7
7.2.19 For motor starters 30Kw and above current
21
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
transformer operated overload relays shall be
used. For such motors instantaneous earth fault
protection relay supplied from a core balance
current transformer shall also be provided. Earth
fault relays shall be set to trip the contactors at
10% of the full load motor current. In addition to
overload and earth fault protection relays, single
phasing protection relay shall also be included.
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ رِﻟﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ رِﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ آﻧﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑــﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛـــﻪ از ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن از ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ دروازهاي‬
‫ رِﻟﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬Core Balance)
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ده درﺻﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ رِﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز ﻧﻴﺰ‬.‫ دﻫﺪ‬Trip ‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر را‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ رِﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر و اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد‬
7.2.20 Motor starters shall also include other
protective or control relays stipulated by the
process requirement and indicated in the single
line diagram/s.
‫ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ رِﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬20-2-7
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ رِﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻮده‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫و در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
7.2.21 Relays shall be according to article 8.3 of
this specification. Microprocessor type motor
protection relays are acceptable.
.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬3-8 ‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬21-2-7
7.2.22 All motor starters of 4kW and above shall
be provided with one ammeter installed on the
starter front panel. This ammeter shall be fed
from a current transformer installed on the middle
phase. Such starters shall also be fitted with a 1
Ampere secondary current transformer for remote
indication of motor current. The ammeter fed
from this current transformer will be installed in
the relevant local motor control station.
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4 ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي‬22-2-7
‫رِﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﭘﺮوﺳﺴﻮر ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻓﺎز وﺳﻄﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻳﻚ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻮﺗﻮر از راه دور ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي راه‬،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وات‬4 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬23-2-7
7.2.23 For motors less than 4 kW no ammeter is
required on the starter panel, however, ammeter
shall be provided on the local control stations
when such motors are not visible from starting
position.
‫ اﻣﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬،‫اﻧﺪاز‬
‫در ﻣﺤﻞ روﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎژول ﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪاز ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ و ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬24-2-7
7.2.24 Starter modules of identical rating and
control scheme shall be fully interchangeable.
Units which are mechanically identical but
electrically different shall not be interchangeable
e.g. it shall not be possible to install a motor
starter unit into a space for a feeder unit of the
same size.
.‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن و ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎژول ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ و از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮر در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻴﺪر ﻫﻢ‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻮدش ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎنﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻫﻤﺎنﻃﻮرﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬25-2-7
7.2.25 Spare motor starters shall be provided as
indicated
in
single
diagram/s.
empty
compartments shall also be foreseen for future
use as specified in paragraph 6.1.8.
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻋﻼم ﺷﺪه‬8-1-6 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮارد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در آﻳﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
22
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬3-7
7.3 Outgoing Feeders
‫ ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬1-3-7
7.3.1 The low voltage switchgear may include
outgoing feeder switch fuses and/or circuit
breakers. The type and sizes of feeder switch
fuses or feeder breakers will be indicated in the
single line diagram/s and/or data sheet.
‫ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺪر‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮز‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮز و ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ و ﻳﺎ داده ﺑﺮگ‬
.‫اراﺋﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬2-3-7
7.3.2 Outgoing Feeder circuit breakers rated up to
400 Ampere can be molded case circuit breaker
(MCCB) type, when approved by company
representative.
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬400 ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﻓﻴﺪر ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬MCCB) ‫از ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎرﺟﻪ‬
7.3.3 Outgoing Feeder circuit breakers and/or
switch fuses shall be installed in individual
compartments.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬3-3-7
7.3.4 The circuit breakers and switch fuses shall
be in accordance with the requirements of IEC
60947-2 and IEC 60947-3.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬4-3-7
7.3.5 Outgoing feeders with rating of 100 Ampere
and above shall be provided with one ammeter
with selector switch or three ammeters, one for
each phase.
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬100 ‫ ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮان‬5-3-7
‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IEC 60947-3‫ و‬IEC 60947-2 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻳﻚ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز‬
8. AUXILIARY COMPONENTS
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬-8
8.1 Local Motor Control Stations
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬1-8
8.1.1 Local motor control stations will be located
near the motors which they control. If motor
control stations are to be supplied together with
the switchgear it shall be indicated in data sheet.
‫ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬1-1-8
8.1.2 The local motor control station shall at least
include start-stop pushbuttons together with
suitable ammeter as required. The ammeter can
be located adjacent to or be incorporated in the
associated control station. It shall be possible to
lock the control station in stop position.
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي دﮔﻤﻪ‬2-1-8
8.1.3 Separate current transformers shall be
mounted in the motor starter compartments to be
connected to ammeters at motor control stations
in accordance with the requirement of article 8.4.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬3-1-8
8.1.4 Terminals shall be provided in the starter
compartments to be connected to the ammeter
and push buttons installed on the local motor
control stations.
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ راه اﻧﺪاز ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4-1-8
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻔﺎرش داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎري روﺷﻦ– ﺧﺎﻣﻮش و در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن دﮔﻤﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫درﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد و ﺑﻪ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ در‬
.‫ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4 -8 ‫اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ و دﮔﻤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬5-1-8
8.1.5 Local motor control stations shall be
suitable for outdoor installation in classified areas
and shall be according to the relevant IPS
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ و ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
23
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
standard. (Area classification conforms to the
recommendations of IEC 60079-10 and API
RP505).
‫ )ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬.‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS
.(‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬API RP 505 ‫ و‬IEC 60079-10 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
8.1.6 Local motor control stations in areas
classified as zone1 and zone2 shall be flameproof
Exd according to IEC 60079-1.
‫ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر در ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬6-1-8
8.1.7 “Local-remote” or “hand-auto” selector
switches shall be provided on the doors of the
starter compartments, when indicated on the
single line diagram/s.
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬7-1-8
‫ و‬Exd ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ‬2 ‫ و ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬1 ‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60079-1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ از راه دور" ﻳﺎ‬-‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي "ﭼﻨﺪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي درب ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪاز‬-‫"دﺳﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬2-8
8.2 Instruments
8.2.1 Indicating and measuring instruments shall
be provided as shown on single line diagrams
and/or data sheet.
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي و ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎن‬1-2-8
8.2.2 All instruments shall be manufactured in
accordance with the requirements of IEC
publication 60051.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬2-2-8
8.2.3 Where indicated in the single line diagram/s
and or data sheet, 4-20mA output transducer/s
complying with IEC 60688 shall be provided for
selected analogue signals to be transmitted to a
remote supervisory system such as distributed
control system (DCS).
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﺎ در داده ﺑﺮگ‬3-2-8
8.2.4 Instruments shall be flush mounting type
and shall have an enclosure with a degree of
protection of IP41 for indoor application. (IP55
for outdoor application)
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬4-2-8
8.2.5 Instruments shall not be damaged by the
passage of fault currents in the primary of current
transformers or voltage variations on the system
within the specified system characteristics.
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در اﺛﺮ ﻋﺒﻮر‬
8.2.6 Ammeters and voltmeters shall be of the
accuracy class 1.5. The accuracy class of watthour meters shall be class 2.5.
1/5 ‫ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ و وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ‬6-2-8
8.2.7 Ammeters for motor duty shall be suitable
to withstand the motor starting currents and shall
have a compressed overload scale of at least 6
times the full load motor current. Scales for such
ammeters shall be selected so that the full load
current appears around the middle of the full
angular deflection. Full load motor current shall
be indicated by a red line on the ammeter scale.
‫ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬7-2-8
‫ﻃﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ و ﻳﺎ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IEC 60051 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻃﺒﻖ‬4-20mA ‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺒﺪل‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ارﺳﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬،IEC 60688 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻈﺎرﺗﻲ از راه دور ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
.‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬DCS) ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮ روي درب ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬IP 55 ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻛﺪ‬IP 41 ‫ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
.(‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي‬5-2-8
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎنﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﺎ در اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬
.‫وﻟﺘﺎژ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻛﺎر ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺮاب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2/5 ‫ ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ وات ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬6 ‫ﻓﺸﺮده آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع آﻣﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎر را در وﺳﻂ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎر ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ در‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
.‫درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
24
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي‬8-2-8
8.2.8 All meters installed on the switchgear shall
be of the square pattern type preferably 72×72
mm. 96×96 mm meters are acceptable. Scales
shall be in actual values.
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬72×72 ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
ً
‫ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬96×96 ‫اﻧﺪازه‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ واﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬3-8
8.3 Protective Relays
8.3.1 The protection function numbers shown on
single line diagram/s will be according to the
latest edition of ANSI standard C37.2. (IEEE
C37.2) and IPS-E-EL-100.
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي رِﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬1-3-8
8.3.2 All protective relays with the same function
shall be interchangeable. The relays shall be such
that, the removal of each relay automatically short
circuits the relevant current transformer.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ رﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬2-3-8
‫ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﺎپ‬
IPS-E-‫( و ﻧﻴﺰ‬IEEE C37.2) ANSI C37.2 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬EL-100
‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬،‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺮ رﻟﻪ‬
HOLD . ‫اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و‬3-3-8
8.3.3 Protective relays shall have provision for
testing and calibration. For overload relays means
shall be provided to de-activate the single phasing
protection function for performing secondary
injection test to verify the overload characteristics
of the relay.
‫ ﺑﺮ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اي ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﻣﻜﺎن آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎر‬
.‫ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫رﻟﻪ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ رﻟﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ رﻟﻪ‬4-3-8
8.3.4 The relaying shall be fail safe such that,
failure of any relay does not jeopardize the
operation of the electrical system, but alarms the
operator.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آﻣﺪن اﺷﻜﺎل در‬،‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Fail Safe)
‫ وﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻫﺮ رﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮق را ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﻧﻜﺮده‬
.‫ﻫﺸﺪار ﻻزم را ﺑﻪ اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
8.3.5 Relays shall be equipped with clear trip
indication, visible to the operator.
‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮﻳﭗ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬5-3-8
8.3.6 Relays shall be manually resetable.
‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ رﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ‬6-3-8
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬7-3-8
8.3.7 If programmable digital protective relays
are employed, the relevant softwares together
with instruction manuals and trouble shooting
guidelines shall be included.
‫ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰارﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪرﻳﺰي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬4-8
8.4 Current Transformers
8.4.1 Current transformers shall be in accordance
with IEC 60044-1.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-8
8.4.2 The rated secondary current shall be
preferably 5 Ampere for switchgear mounted
protective relays and instruments, and 1 Ampere
for remote mounted instruments, either directly or
via intermediate current transformers. The
secondary leads of current transformers for
remote mounted instruments shall be short
circuited by a removable link at the switchgear
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ و‬2-4-8
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IEC 60044-1
‫ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬5 ً‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي راه دور ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﻚ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﻚ آﻣﭙﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر‬.‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ از راه دور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ راﺑﻂ‬
25
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
factory.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﻮد‬
8.4.3 The switchgear manufacturer shall be
responsible for assessing and selecting the output
rating of the current transformers.
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬3-4-8
8.4.4 Current transformers for measuring
purposes shall be of the accuracy class 1. Current
transformers for remote ammeters shall be of the
accuracy class 3.
‫ ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬4-4-8
8.4.5 Current transformers for protection
purposes shall be of the accuracy class 5P. The
accuracy class of current transformers used for
motor protection relays shall be as specified by
the relay manufacturer. In such case class 10P
will be acceptable. The accuracy class of
differential protection current transformers shall
be class X as defined in IEC 60044-1.
‫ ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬5-4-8
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1 ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬3 ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﻬﺖ آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ از راه دور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬5P ‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻼس‬.‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه رﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻼس دﻗﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬10P‫دﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ دﻳﻔﺮاﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬X ‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻼس‬Differential Protection)
.‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60044-1
‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف‬6-4-8
8.4.6 The secondary of the current transformers
shall be earthed on one side. Where current
transformers are connected in Y, the Y point shall
be earthed. The wiring of the secondary circuits
shall have a cross section of 2.5 mm2.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬Y‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬Y ‫ﺻﻮرت‬
2/5 mm2 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
8.4.7 The secondary leads of each current
transformer shall be accessible and shall be
connected to test and short circuiting links.
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬7-4-8
8.4.8 Current transformers for circuit breakers
shall be installed in the stationary part of the
relevant cubicle. Current transformers for motor
starters shall be installed in the withdrawable part
of the cubicle.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬8-4-8
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ راﺑﻂ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
.‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
8.4.9 Current transformers shall be capable of
carrying, without injurious heating or mechanical
damage, the specified fault current of the
switchgear.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬9-4-8
8.4.10 Current transformers shall have
appropriate VA rating and saturation factor. The
saturation factor shall not be less than 5.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮان ﻧﺎﻣﻲ و ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬10-4-8
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ را ﺑﺪون ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﺷﺒﺎع ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬.‫اﺷﺒﺎع ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري روي ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬11-4-8
8.4.11 The markings on the current transformer
shall be in accordance with the requirements of
IEC publications 60044-1.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60044-1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬5-8
8.5 Voltage Transformers
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر‬1-5-8
8.5.1 Generally voltage transformers will not be
26
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
required for low voltage switchgear.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
.‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
8.5.2 When voltage transformers are required
they shall be in accordance with IEC 60186, with
secondary voltage as specified by the
manufacturer of protective and/or measuring
instruments.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2-5-8
8.5.3 Voltage transformers shall be protected by
disconnect type current limiting fuses on primary
and secondary sides.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻴﻮز ﻣﺤﺪود‬3-5-8
8.5.4 The secondary winding of voltage
transformers shall be earthed at one end, through
a removable link.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4-5-8
8.5.5 Voltage transformers shall be air insulated
with accuracy class 1 for measuring and 3P for
protection.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮرﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺧﺸﻚ و ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ‬5-5-8
‫ ﺑﻮده و وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ آن ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬IEC 60186 ‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬/ ‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ادوات ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ و‬
.‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن از ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮﻧﺪه در دو ﻃﺮف اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ راﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧــﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﺑـــﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻼس‬1 ‫ﻛﻼس‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3P ‫دﻗﺖ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬6-8
8.6 Anti-Condensation Heaters
8.6.1 Anti-condensation heaters shall be rated for
continuous service and shall operate on single
phase voltage of 230Volt, 50Hz.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬،‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬1-6-8
8.6.2 The numbers and sizes of the heaters, if not
shown on drawings, shall be selected by the
switchgear supplier. In such case the use of one
heater in each vertical section is recommended.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬،‫ اﮔﺮ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد و اﻧﺪازه ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬2-6-8
8.6.3 The heaters shall be energized from a
dedicated heater panel or lighting panel which
shall be supplied with the switchgear. The panels
feeding the heaters in one section of the
switchgear shall be fed from the apposite section
of the switchgear on opposite side of the tie
breaker.
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﮔﺮم‬3-6-8
8.6.4 Heater/s shall be protected by a miniature
circuit breaker and an earth leakage protection
device of 30mA sensitivity.
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﺗﻮري ﺑﻪ‬4-6-8
8.6.5 A contactor/relay in combination with a
thermostat shall be provided for the operation of
heater/s. An indicating light (preferably blue)
shall be provided on the enclosure to indicate that
the relevant space heater/s is in operation.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮر ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬5-6-8
8.6.6 Heater/s terminals shall be shrouded.
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬6-6-8
50 ‫ وﻟﺖ‬230 ‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد داﺋﻤﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎز‬
.‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬،‫داده ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫( ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬Tie breaker) ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻤﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‬
.‫ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬30mA
ً‫ ﭼﺮاغ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه )ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫آﺑﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه در‬
.‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺑﻮدن ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬7-8
8.7 Accessories
‫ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و‬1-7-8
8.7.1 Accessories required for proper and safe
27
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
operation of the switchgear shall be supplied. At
least the following accessories shall be furnished
for each assembly or group of assemblies in the
same switch room.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻟﻮازم‬.‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪاي ﻛﻪ در اﺗﺎق‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﻮﻳﭻ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
a) Device for manually charging the stored
energy operating mechanism of circuit
breakers.
‫اﻟﻒ( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺎرژ دﺳﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬
b) Handle for moving circuit breakers into
positions.
‫ب( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﺳﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﺮار دادن ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت در‬
c) Lifting trolley or similar device to remove
circuit breakers or large starter modules from
the cubicles.
‫ج( اراﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﻴﺮون آوردن و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬
d) Adapter cables and/or flexible cords for
testing the withdrawable starter modules and
circuit breakers in withdrawn positions.
‫د( ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺟﻬﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ راه اﻧﺪاز‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻧﺮژي ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
.‫ﻗﺪرت ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ‬
.‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻫ( ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت در‬
e) Test cabinet for testing circuit breakers, if
required (optional).
.(‫ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم )اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
. ‫و( اﺑﺰار ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬
f) Special tools for erection and maintenance.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ‬-9
9. TESTS AND INSPECTION
9.1 The equipment under this specification shall
be factory tested. Three certified copies of test
reports and certificates shall be submitted to the
purchaser.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬1-9
9.2 Type tests, routine tests and functional tests
shall be carried out on the low voltage switchgear
according to the recommendations of IEC 60947,
IEC 60439 and the relevant IEC publications
referred to therein.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ و‬،‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮﻋﻲ‬2-9
9.3 Purchaser will require the presence of his
nominated representative to witness the final
factory tests. The supplier shall inform the date of
such tests at least four weeks in advance.
‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد را ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻀﻮر در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ‬3-9
‫ ﺳﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ازﮔﺰارش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ و‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﻮاﻫﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدي ﺑﺮ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
‫ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬IEC 60439, IEC 60947 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬IEC
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه زﻣﺎن اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭼﻬﺎر ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ اﻃﻼع ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
9.4 The purchaser’s inspectors shall be granted
the right for inspection at any stage of
manufacture and testing.
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺣﻖ دارد ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬4-9
9.5 Prior to shipment of the switchgear an
insulation resistance test shall be performed
between each phase and neutral against earth,
with the remaining phases and neutral connected
to earth. The insulation resistance measured shall
not be less than 5 mega-ohms. Also visual
inspection and spot checks shall be carried out to
verify at least the following:
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت‬5-9
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎرت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺎزﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه و ﻧﻮل‬،‫ ﻧﻮل ﺑﺎ زﻣﻴﻦ‬/‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﮕﺎ اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي و ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
1. The degree of protection of the enclosure;
2. The degree of protection within the
compartments;
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ؛‬-1
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت؛‬-2
28
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
3. The effectiveness and reliability of safety
shutters, partitions and shrouds;
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و‬-3
4.
The effectiveness and reliability of
operating mechanisms, locks and interlock
systems;
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد و ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎ‬-4
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ؛‬
‫و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك؛‬
5. The insulation of the busbar system;
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ؛‬-5
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰش و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ؛‬-6
6. The creepage distances and clearances;
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت؛‬-7
7. The proper mounting of components;
‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻨﺪي داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬-8
8. The internal wiring and cabling system;
9. The correct wiring of main and auxiliary
circuits
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻛﻤﻜﻲ؛‬-9
10. The suitability of clamping, earthing and
terminating arrangements;
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ و آراﻳﺶ‬،‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎ‬-10
11. The correct labeling of functional units;
‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﮔﺬاري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬-11
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ؛‬
‫آن؛‬
12. The completeness of the data on the
nameplates;
‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮدن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺮ روي ﭘﻼك دﺳﺘﮕﺎه؛‬-12
13. The availability of the earthing system
throughout the switchgear;
‫ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ‬-13
14. The interchangeability of electrically
identical components;
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ؛‬-14
15.
The
non-interchangeability
of
mechanically identical but electrically
different withdrawable units.
‫ ﻋﺪم اﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ‬-15
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ؛‬
.‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن وﻟﻲ از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮازم ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬-10
10. SPARE PARTS
10.1 Together with the supply of all equipment
under this specification, a complete set of spare
parts for commissioning shall be supplied fo each
switchgear. The supplied spare parts shall comply
with the same specifications as the original parts
and shall be fully interchangeable with the
original parts without any modification.
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ‬1-10
10.2 The vendor shall also supply a list of
recommended spare parts for two years of
operation.
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬2-10
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﻟﻮازم‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮازم‬.‫ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ راه اﻧﺪازي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺪون ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دو ﺳﺎﻟﻪ را ارﺳﺎل ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪارك‬-11
11. DOCUMENTATION
11.1 The vendor shall supply the necessary
information with the quotation to enable
evaluation of the submitted proposal. General
documents /drawings are not acceptable unless
they are revised to show the equipment proposed.
The documents to be supplied with the quotation
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد را ﺟﻬﺖ‬1-11
‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل‬/‫ ﻣﺪارك ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ارﺳﺎل ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دادن دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪارك ارﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
29
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
shall at least include the following:
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
:‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫اﻟﻒ( داده ﺑﺮگ درﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
a) Completed enquiry data sheet/s.
b) Summary of exceptions/deviations to this
standard specification.
.‫ب( ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﻫﺎ و اﻧﺤﺮاﻓﺎت از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
c) Brochures and catalogues containing
description of typical switchgear and technical
data on major and auxiliary components such
as circuit breakers, contactors, relays, meters
etc.
‫ داراي ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت‬،‫ج( ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮگ و ﺑﺮوﺷﻮر‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
d) List of accessories included in the bid.
.‫د( ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
e) Preliminary dimensional drawings.
‫ﻫ( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
f) Approximate shipping weights and sizes.
.‫و( اﺑﻌﺎد و وزن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﺪارﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه داده ﺷﻮد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-11
11.2 The documents which shall be supplied
together with the equipment shall at least include
the following:
:‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( داده ﺑﺮگ درﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ و ﺑﻪ روز آﻣﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
a) Updated and completed enquiry data
sheet/s.
.‫ب( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬
b) Final single line diagram/s.
c) Schematic control circuit diagrams of each
kind of circuit breaker and starter module.
‫ج( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ‬
d) General arrangement drawings showing
main dimensions, panels’ layout, floor panel
and shipping sections.
،‫د( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي آراﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﺑﻌﺎد اﺻﻠﻲ‬
.‫از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت و راه اﻧﺪاز‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي روي زﻣﻴﻦ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫــﺎ‬
.‫ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬
e) Drawing/s showing the location of field
wiring terminal strips and power cable
connections.
‫ﻫ( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎل‬
f) Information concerning interlock sequences.
.‫و( اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك‬
g) List of major and auxiliary components,
showing complete reordering information for
all replaceable parts.
‫ز( ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
h) Recommended spare parts list for two
years of operation.
.‫ح( ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ دوﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي‬
i) Test reports and performance curves of the
final routine tests.
.‫ط(ﮔﺰارش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
.‫ي ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي و ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‬
j) Painting specification and test result/s.
.‫ك( ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‬
k) Applicable test certificates.
l) Installation, operation and maintenance
instruction/s.
.‫ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ‬،‫ل( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ‬
m) Fault finding and trouble shooting
manual/s.
n) Protective relay/s types, curves and setting
ranges.
.‫م( ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﻲ و رﻓﻊ اﺷﻜﺎل‬
.‫ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎ و ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎت‬،‫ن( ﻧﻮع رﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
30
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫س( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
o) Cut-off current characteristics of fuses.
p) Total weight of the assembly and of the
individual shipping sections.
‫ع( وزن ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﺟﺰاء ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
q) List of accessories and/or any special tools
required for erection, operation and
maintenance.
‫ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ اﺑﺰار ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ‬/ ‫ف( ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ‬
.‫ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬، ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬-12
12. SHIPMENT
12.1 The supplier of the equipment under this
specification is the sole responsible for packaging
and preparation for shipment.
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-12
12.2 The packaging and preparation for shipment
shall be adequate to avoid mechanical damage
during transport, handling and stacking.
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-12
12.3 Each shipping section shall be provided with
permanently attached identification tag containing
necessary information together with the
switchgear identification number indicated in data
sheet Appendix A.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-12
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي و آﻣﺎده ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ و‬
.‫ﻧﻘﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و روﻳﻬﻢ‬،‫ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬
.‫ﻗﺮاردادن از ﺧﺴﺎرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ داﺋﻤﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬
،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺪارك ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و دﻗﻴﻖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬4-12
12.4 Shipping documents with exact description
of equipment for custom release shall be supplied,
with the equipment.
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ از ﮔﻤﺮك ﻫﻤﺮاه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﺎراﻧﺘﻲ‬-13
13. GUARANTEE
13.1 The supplier of the equipment under this
specification shall guarantee the equipment and
shall replace any damaged equipment/parts
resulting from poor workmanship and / or faulty
design.
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-13
13.2 The supplier shall replace any equipment
failed under the following condition:
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻌﻴﻮب را ﻛﻪ در‬2-13
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ را ﮔﺎراﻧﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ را ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﻳﺎ اﺷﻜﺎﻻت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬/ ‫اﺛﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ و‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ ﺟﻮاب ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‬
- Failure under startup and commissioning
tests
performed
according
to
IEC
recommendations.
‫ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻜﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺮوع و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي راه‬. IEC ‫اﻧﺪازي ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
- Failure under normal usage for a period of 12
months, not exceeding 18 months from the
date of dispatch from the manufacturers
works.
‫ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﺎدي در ﻳﻚ دوره‬‫ ﻣﺎه از زﻣﺎن ﺣﻤﻞ‬18 ‫ ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻫﻪ‬12
.‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻧﮕﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
31
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
APPENDICES
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR AND
CONTROLGEAR DATA SHEET
‫داده ﺑﺮگ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت و ﻓﺮﻣﺎن وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
The vendor shall complete and submit this data
sheet with his proposal.
Items marked with asterisk will be specified by
purchaser.
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ داده ﺑﺮگ را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺮده و ﻫﻤﺮاه ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻓﻨﻲ‬
1.
Name of project or plant
2.
Switchgear identification No
3.
Single line diagram number
4.
Site elevation above sea level (m)
5.
.‫ﺧﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ارﺳﺎل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺎم ﭘﺮوژه ﻳﺎ واﺣﺪ‬
*
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت‬
*
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻚ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
*
(‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ﺳﻄﺢ درﻳﺎ )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
*
Maximum room temperature, indoor
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
*
6.
Minimum room temperature, indoor
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
*
7.
Maximum outdoor ambient temperature
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
*
8.
Minimum outdoor ambient temperature
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
*
9.
Relative humidity
10.
Installation (indoor/ outdoor)
11.
‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
(‫ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬/‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ )داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
Area classification zones,( in case of outdoor installation)
(‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك )در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
12.
Nominal system voltage, 3phase and neutral
13.
System voltage variation
14.
Nominal frequency and frequency variation
15.
16.
‫ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎز و ﻧﻮل‬،‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
*
*
*
*
*
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬
*
(‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
ً
) ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻮل‬
*
Neutral earthing system (solidly earthed)
Incomers to the switchgear by duct or cable
‫ورودي ﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
17.
Enclosure degree of protection (IP code)
18.
Form of internal separation of the enclosure
19.
Degree of protection of separation partitions or barriers (IP code)
(IP ‫درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ )ﻛﺪ‬
20.
Plate thickness of the enclosure
21.
Color of the enclosure
22.
Power busbars cross section
23.
Busbars rated current
24.
Busbars short circuit withstand current rms symmetrical
(rms) ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
25.
Busbars short circuit withstand time
26.
Busbars insulation
27.
Busbars colors, phases and neutral
(IP ‫درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ )ﻛﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ورﻗﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫رﻧﮓ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻓﺎزﻫﺎ و ﻧﻮل‬،‫رﻧﮓ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
32
*
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
28.
Busbars joints silver plated or not
29.
Total length of the switchgear
30.
Height of the switchgear
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت‬
31.
Depth of the switchgear
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت‬
32.
‫ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﺮه اﻧﺪود ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون آن‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت‬
Shipping weight of the switchgear/individual shipping sections
‫ وزن ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺰاي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت‬/‫وزن ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬
33.
Numbers of incomer circuit breaker/s
34.
Numbers of bus tie circuit breaker/s
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ورودي‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺷﻴﻨﻪ‬
Tie breaker/s mode of operation OPEN/CLOSE
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬/ ‫ ﺑﺎز‬،‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ورودي و ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
Circuit breakers interrupting medium (if different than air)
(‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت )اﮔﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻫﻮا اﺳﺖ‬
Circuit breakers closing mechanism (direct manual/motor driven)
(‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮري‬/‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم وﺻﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت )دﺳﺘﻲ‬
Circuit breakers breaking capacity rms symmetrical at 1sec and 3sec.
‫ﻗﺪرت ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ و ﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
Circuit breakers breaking capacity (kA) rms asymmetrical
(‫ﻗﺪرت ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎرن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
Circuit breakers making capacity (kA) asymmetrical
(‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ وﺻﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎرن ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت )ﻛﻴﻠﻮ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
Opening time of circuit breakers
‫زﻣﺎن ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬
43.
Closing time of circuit breakers
‫زﻣﺎن وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
*
Numbers of poles and current rating of incomer and tie breakers
42.
44.
*
The voltage of the spring charging motor of circuit breakers
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺷﺎرژ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬
Circuit breakers closing and tripping voltage
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬Trip ‫وﻟﺘﺎژ وﺻﻞ و‬
Control of circuit breakers (local/remote)
(‫ از راه دور‬/ ‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت )ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬
Attach list or
diagram/s
Circuit breakers protective relays
‫رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‬
Attach list or
diagram/s
Circuit breakers indicating instruments
‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
Watt-hour meter for incomers (supplied or not)
(‫ ﺧﻴﺮ‬/ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﻮر ورودي ﻫﺎ )ﺑﻠﻪ‬
Additional auxiliary contacts for circuit breakers (paragraph 6.1.19)
(19-1-6 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت )ﺑﻨﺪ‬
33
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‬
*
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
Attach list or
diagram/s
51.
Numbers and sizes of outgoing feeders
52.
Type of outgoing feeders (ACB/MCCB/switch fuse)
(‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮز‬/ MCCB / ACB) ‫ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد و اﻧﺪازه ﻓﻴﺪرﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
Attach list or
diagram/s
53.
Numbers and sizes of motor starters
54.
Motor starters isolating means (fused isolator/MCCB)
(MCCB / ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر )ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮز‬
55.
Motor starters control voltage
56.
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد و اﻧﺪازه راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
Attach list or
diagram/s
Motor starters protection relays
‫رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
58.
Motor control stations (to be included or not) (‫ ﺧﻴﺮ‬/ ‫اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮﺗﻮر )ﺑﻠﻪ‬
61.
‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‬
*
CT type and ratio for protection and indication metering
‫ﻧﻮع و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ و اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬
CT type and ratio for remote ammeter (on control station)
(‫ﻧﻮع و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﻔﻮرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮاي آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي از راه دور )در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬
Numbers and wattage of anti-condensation heaters (if any)
(‫ﺗﻌﺪاد و ﻣﻘﺪار وات ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻦ ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
62.
4-20 mA output transducers
4-20 mA
63.
Manufacturer of circuit breakers
64.
Manufacturer of contactors
65.
Manufacturer of switch fuses and MCCB’s
66.
Manufacturer of protective relays
67.
Manufacturer of indicating instruments ‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ و ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺴﺪﻳﻮﺳﺮ)ﻣﺒﺪل( ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺪرت‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬
MCCB ‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻮز و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
Type test certificates for complete switchgear and components.
68.
*
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‬
Attach list or
diagram/s
Motor starters indicating instruments
60.
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل راه اﻧﺪازﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
57.
59.
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
To be attached
‫ﮔﻮاﻫﻲﻧﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻗﺪرت و اﺟﺰاء آن‬
69.
Accessories
70.
Deviation from this specification if any
‫ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﻧﺤﺮاف از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
Attach list
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
Attach list
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
Items marked with asterisk will be specified by purchaser.
.‫* اﻳﻦ اﻗﻼم را ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻋﻼم ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
34
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
APPENDIX B
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
OUTDOOR LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
The IPS-M-EL-143(2) mainly specifies assemblies
for indoor installation. Where this standard
specification is used for the manufacture of
outdoor equipment the following clauses shall also
be taken into consideration.
‫ اﺻﻮﻻً ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در‬IPS-M-EL-143(2) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬- ‫اﻟﻒ‬
A. Service Condition
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺮون در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ در داده ﺑﺮگ‬‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ از ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫اﻋﻼم ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ در‬‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻦ‬API RP 505 ‫ و‬IEC 60079-10
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در‬‫( را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2‫ و ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬1‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك )ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون‬.‫ﻧﻤﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ آن اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻳﻤﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- The outdoor ambient air temperatures are
indicated in data sheet Appendix A. The
outdoor type low voltage switchgear shall be
suitable for operation at the specified ambient
conditions.
- The location in which the outdoor type
switchgear will be installed shall be classified
as Safe Area according to the recommendations
of IEC 60079-10 and API RP505.
- This standard specification does not cover the
switchgears suitable for installation in hazardous
areas (zone 1 and zone 2). The outdoor type low
voltage switchgear specified herein could only
be installed outdoor in Safe Areas.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬- ‫ب‬
B. General Requirements
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬1 - ‫ب‬
B.1 Enclosure
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻓﺸﺎر ﺿﻌﻴﻒ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ در‬‫ ﺑﺮ‬IP 55W ‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت‬IEC 60529 ‫اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
IP 55W ‫در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ درب ﻟﻮﻻ دار از‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬‫ اﻳﻦ‬6-8 ‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در داﺧﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون‬‫ روﺷﻦ‬/ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻣﭗ و ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬230 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
- The enclosure of the outdoor type switchgear
shall provide a degree of protection of IP55W
according to IEC 60529 or the switchgear shall
be housed in a non walk-in cabinet or cubicle
with a degree of protection of IP55W. Each
section of the enclosure shall be equipped with
a hinged front door with provision for
padlocking.
- Each section of outdoor type enclosure shall
include anti-condensation heater conforming to
article 8.6 of this standard specification.
- Within each section of outdoor type enclosure
one lamp receptacle with on/off switch for
interior illumination and one 230 Volt
receptacle with integral ground fault protection
for electric tools shall be provided.
35
Mar 2009/ 1388 ‫ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ‬
- Outdoor type switchgear shall always be
provided with suitable rain and sun canopy.
IPS-M-EL-143(2)
‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت از ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ داراي ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎران و آﻓﺘﺎب را داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-‫ب‬
B.2 Busbars
‫ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2-6 ‫ﻧﻘﺮه اﻧﺪود و ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬
- The busbars for outdoor type switchgear shall
be silver coated and shall conform to article 6.2
of this standard specification.
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ‬- ‫ج‬
C. Major Components
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت‬1-‫ج‬
C.1 Circuit Breaker
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت از ﻧﻮع ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻗﺪرت ﻧﺼﺐ در‬‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع اﻧﺮژي ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺷﺪه ﻓﻨﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد دﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد دﺳﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ وﺻﻞ و ﻗﻄﻊ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺪرت دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬tripping)
- Air circuit breakers in outdoor switchgear
shall be stored energy spring operated type and
shall be equipped with manual charging
mechanism. Manual operating mechanism for
closing and tripping of such circuit breakers
shall also be provided.
36